2005-01-07 01:45:51 +00:00
|
|
|
/*-
|
2017-11-20 19:43:44 +00:00
|
|
|
* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1991, 1993
|
|
|
|
|
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
|
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
|
* are met:
|
|
|
|
|
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
|
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
|
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
2017-02-28 23:42:47 +00:00
|
|
|
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
|
|
|
|
* without specific prior written permission.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
|
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
|
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
|
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
|
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
|
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
|
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
|
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
|
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
|
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
|
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2002-12-25 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
* @(#)route.c 8.3.1.1 (Berkeley) 2/23/95
|
1999-08-28 01:08:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* $FreeBSD$
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
* Note: In this file a 'fib' is a "forwarding information base" *
|
|
|
|
|
* Which is the new name for an in kernel routing (next hop) table. *
|
|
|
|
|
***********************************************************************/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_inet.h"
|
2012-02-03 10:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_inet6.h"
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_route.h"
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_sctp.h"
|
1996-03-02 18:24:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_mrouting.h"
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_mpath.h"
|
1996-03-02 18:24:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/param.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/systm.h>
|
1997-09-02 01:19:47 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/malloc.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/mbuf.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/socket.h>
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/syslog.h>
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sysproto.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/proc.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/domain.h>
|
1999-04-29 03:22:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/kernel.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <net/if.h>
|
2013-10-26 17:58:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_var.h>
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_dl.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/route.h>
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/route_var.h>
|
2009-08-01 19:26:27 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/vnet.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
|
|
|
|
#include <net/radix_mpath.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in.h>
|
1995-03-16 18:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <netinet/ip_mroute.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-11 17:26:56 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <vm/uma.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-16 16:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
#define RT_MAXFIBS UINT16_MAX
|
2012-03-18 11:23:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Kernel config default option. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ROUTETABLES
|
|
|
|
|
#if ROUTETABLES <= 0
|
|
|
|
|
#error "ROUTETABLES defined too low"
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#if ROUTETABLES > RT_MAXFIBS
|
|
|
|
|
#error "ROUTETABLES defined too big"
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#define RT_NUMFIBS ROUTETABLES
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* ROUTETABLES */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize to default if not otherwise set. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef RT_NUMFIBS
|
|
|
|
|
#define RT_NUMFIBS 1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(INET) || defined(INET6)
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef SCTP
|
|
|
|
|
extern void sctp_addr_change(struct ifaddr *ifa, int cmd);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* SCTP */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-16 16:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
/* This is read-only.. */
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int rt_numfibs = RT_NUMFIBS;
|
2014-06-28 03:56:17 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_UINT(_net, OID_AUTO, fibs, CTLFLAG_RDTUN, &rt_numfibs, 0, "");
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* By default add routes to all fibs for new interfaces.
|
|
|
|
|
* Once this is set to 0 then only allocate routes on interface
|
|
|
|
|
* changes for the FIB of the caller when adding a new set of addresses
|
|
|
|
|
* to an interface. XXX this is a shotgun aproach to a problem that needs
|
|
|
|
|
* a more fine grained solution.. that will come.
|
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
|
|
|
* XXX also has the problems getting the FIB from curthread which will not
|
|
|
|
|
* always work given the fib can be overridden and prefixes can be added
|
|
|
|
|
* from the network stack context.
|
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2014-09-21 03:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_DEFINE(u_int, rt_add_addr_allfibs) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_UINT(_net, OID_AUTO, add_addr_allfibs, CTLFLAG_RWTUN | CTLFLAG_VNET,
|
|
|
|
|
&VNET_NAME(rt_add_addr_allfibs), 0, "");
|
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Build on Jeff Roberson's linker-set based dynamic per-CPU allocator
(DPCPU), as suggested by Peter Wemm, and implement a new per-virtual
network stack memory allocator. Modify vnet to use the allocator
instead of monolithic global container structures (vinet, ...). This
change solves many binary compatibility problems associated with
VIMAGE, and restores ELF symbols for virtualized global variables.
Each virtualized global variable exists as a "reference copy", and also
once per virtual network stack. Virtualized global variables are
tagged at compile-time, placing the in a special linker set, which is
loaded into a contiguous region of kernel memory. Virtualized global
variables in the base kernel are linked as normal, but those in modules
are copied and relocated to a reserved portion of the kernel's vnet
region with the help of a the kernel linker.
Virtualized global variables exist in per-vnet memory set up when the
network stack instance is created, and are initialized statically from
the reference copy. Run-time access occurs via an accessor macro, which
converts from the current vnet and requested symbol to a per-vnet
address. When "options VIMAGE" is not compiled into the kernel, normal
global ELF symbols will be used instead and indirection is avoided.
This change restores static initialization for network stack global
variables, restores support for non-global symbols and types, eliminates
the need for many subsystem constructors, eliminates large per-subsystem
structures that caused many binary compatibility issues both for
monitoring applications (netstat) and kernel modules, removes the
per-function INIT_VNET_*() macros throughout the stack, eliminates the
need for vnet_symmap ksym(2) munging, and eliminates duplicate
definitions of virtualized globals under VIMAGE_GLOBALS.
Bump __FreeBSD_version and update UPDATING.
Portions submitted by: bz
Reviewed by: bz, zec
Discussed with: gnn, jamie, jeff, jhb, julian, sam
Suggested by: peter
Approved by: re (kensmith)
2009-07-14 22:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_DEFINE(struct rtstat, rtstat);
|
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#define V_rtstat VNET(rtstat)
|
2009-06-22 17:48:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_DEFINE(struct rib_head *, rt_tables);
|
2009-07-16 21:13:04 +00:00
|
|
|
#define V_rt_tables VNET(rt_tables)
|
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VNET_DEFINE(int, rttrash); /* routes not in table but not freed */
|
2009-07-16 21:13:04 +00:00
|
|
|
#define V_rttrash VNET(rttrash)
|
2009-06-22 17:48:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Introduce vnet module registration / initialization framework with
dependency tracking and ordering enforcement.
With this change, per-vnet initialization functions introduced with
r190787 are no longer directly called from traditional initialization
functions (which cc in most cases inlined to pre-r190787 code), but are
instead registered via the vnet framework first, and are invoked only
after all prerequisite modules have been initialized. In the long run,
this framework should allow us to both initialize and dismantle
multiple vnet instances in a correct order.
The problem this change aims to solve is how to replay the
initialization sequence of various network stack components, which
have been traditionally triggered via different mechanisms (SYSINIT,
protosw). Note that this initialization sequence was and still can be
subtly different depending on whether certain pieces of code have been
statically compiled into the kernel, loaded as modules by boot
loader, or kldloaded at run time.
The approach is simple - we record the initialization sequence
established by the traditional mechanisms whenever vnet_mod_register()
is called for a particular vnet module. The vnet_mod_register_multi()
variant allows a single initializer function to be registered multiple
times but with different arguments - currently this is only used in
kern/uipc_domain.c by net_add_domain() with different struct domain *
as arguments, which allows for protosw-registered initialization
routines to be invoked in a correct order by the new vnet
initialization framework.
For the purpose of identifying vnet modules, each vnet module has to
have a unique ID, which is statically assigned in sys/vimage.h.
Dynamic assignment of vnet module IDs is not supported yet.
A vnet module may specify a single prerequisite module at registration
time by filling in the vmi_dependson field of its vnet_modinfo struct
with the ID of the module it depends on. Unless specified otherwise,
all vnet modules depend on VNET_MOD_NET (container for ifnet list head,
rt_tables etc.), which thus has to and will always be initialized
first. The framework will panic if it detects any unresolved
dependencies before completing system initialization. Detection of
unresolved dependencies for vnet modules registered after boot
(kldloaded modules) is not provided.
Note that the fact that each module can specify only a single
prerequisite may become problematic in the long run. In particular,
INET6 depends on INET being already instantiated, due to TCP / UDP
structures residing in INET container. IPSEC also depends on INET,
which will in turn additionally complicate making INET6-only kernel
configs a reality.
The entire registration framework can be compiled out by turning on the
VIMAGE_GLOBALS kernel config option.
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-11 05:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 15:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Convert a 'struct radix_node *' to a 'struct rtentry *'.
|
|
|
|
|
* The operation can be done safely (in this code) because a
|
|
|
|
|
* 'struct rtentry' starts with two 'struct radix_node''s, the first
|
|
|
|
|
* one representing leaf nodes in the routing tree, which is
|
|
|
|
|
* what the code in radix.c passes us as a 'struct radix_node'.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* But because there are a lot of assumptions in this conversion,
|
|
|
|
|
* do not cast explicitly, but always use the macro below.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define RNTORT(p) ((struct rtentry *)(p))
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-22 19:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
static VNET_DEFINE(uma_zone_t, rtzone); /* Routing table UMA zone. */
|
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#define V_rtzone VNET(rtzone)
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static int rtrequest1_fib_change(struct rib_head *, struct rt_addrinfo *,
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry **, u_int);
|
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
|
|
|
static void rt_setmetrics(const struct rt_addrinfo *, struct rtentry *);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
static int rt_ifdelroute(const struct rtentry *rt, void *arg);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct rtentry *rt_unlinkrte(struct rib_head *rnh,
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo *info, int *perror);
|
|
|
|
|
static void rt_notifydelete(struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info);
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct radix_node *rt_mpath_unlink(struct rib_head *rnh,
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo *info, struct rtentry *rto, int *perror);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
static int rt_exportinfo(struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags);
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
struct if_mtuinfo
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
int mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int if_updatemtu_cb(struct radix_node *, void *);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* handler for net.my_fibnum
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
sysctl_my_fibnum(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fibnum = curthread->td_proc->p_fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
error = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &fibnum, 0, req);
|
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_PROC(_net, OID_AUTO, my_fibnum, CTLTYPE_INT|CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL, 0, &sysctl_my_fibnum, "I", "default FIB of caller");
|
2004-08-11 17:26:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static __inline struct rib_head **
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(int table, int fam)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head **rnh;
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(table >= 0 && table < rt_numfibs, ("%s: table out of bounds.",
|
|
|
|
|
__func__));
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(fam >= 0 && fam < (AF_MAX+1), ("%s: fam out of bounds.",
|
|
|
|
|
__func__));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* rnh is [fib=0][af=0]. */
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh = (struct rib_head **)V_rt_tables;
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get the offset to the requested table and fam. */
|
|
|
|
|
rnh += table * (AF_MAX+1) + fam;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_tables_get_rnh(int table, int fam)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (*rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-24 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int
|
2016-03-24 07:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_tables_get_gen(int table, int fam)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = *rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam);
|
2016-06-02 17:51:29 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(rnh != NULL, ("%s: NULL rib_head pointer table %d fam %d",
|
|
|
|
|
__func__, table, fam));
|
2016-03-24 07:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return (rnh->rnh_gen);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual
network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT:
- Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will
occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the
!VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT.
For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and
properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/
destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets.
- Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose
previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the
SYSINIT ordering scheme.
- Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that
they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack
rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the
non-VIMAGE case.
- Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead
of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases,
convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where
appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering
to make room for or better manage events.
Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup)
Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* route initialization must occur before ip6_init2(), which happenas at
|
|
|
|
|
* SI_ORDER_MIDDLE.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-17 15:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
route_init(void)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-10 04:32:58 +00:00
|
|
|
/* whack the tunable ints into line. */
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_numfibs > RT_MAXFIBS)
|
|
|
|
|
rt_numfibs = RT_MAXFIBS;
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt_numfibs == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
rt_numfibs = 1;
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2018-05-18 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSINIT(route_init, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_THIRD, route_init, NULL);
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
rtentry_zinit(void *mem, int size, int how)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_pksent = counter_u64_alloc(how);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_pksent == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT_LOCK_INIT(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
rtentry_zfini(void *mem, int size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT_LOCK_DESTROY(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
counter_u64_free(rt->rt_pksent);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
rtentry_ctor(void *mem, int size, void *arg, int how)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bzero(rt, offsetof(struct rtentry, rt_endzero));
|
|
|
|
|
counter_u64_zero(rt->rt_pksent);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_chain = NULL;
|
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-03-05 21:16:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
rtentry_dtor(void *mem, int size, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK_COND(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual
network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT:
- Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will
occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the
!VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT.
For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and
properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/
destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets.
- Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose
previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the
SYSINIT ordering scheme.
- Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that
they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack
rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the
non-VIMAGE case.
- Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead
of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases,
convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where
appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering
to make room for or better manage events.
Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup)
Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
vnet_route_init(const void *unused __unused)
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct domain *dom;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head **rnh;
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
int table;
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
int fam;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
V_rt_tables = malloc(rt_numfibs * (AF_MAX+1) *
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof(struct rib_head *), M_RTABLE, M_WAITOK|M_ZERO);
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
V_rtzone = uma_zcreate("rtentry", sizeof(struct rtentry),
|
2014-03-05 21:16:46 +00:00
|
|
|
rtentry_ctor, rtentry_dtor,
|
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
rtentry_zinit, rtentry_zfini, UMA_ALIGN_PTR, 0);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dom = domains; dom; dom = dom->dom_next) {
|
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dom->dom_rtattach == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (table = 0; table < rt_numfibs; table++) {
|
|
|
|
|
fam = dom->dom_family;
|
|
|
|
|
if (table != 0 && fam != AF_INET6 && fam != AF_INET)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
panic("%s: rnh NULL", __func__);
|
2014-11-06 14:39:04 +00:00
|
|
|
dom->dom_rtattach((void **)rnh, 0);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual
network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT:
- Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will
occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the
!VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT.
For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and
properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/
destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets.
- Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose
previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the
SYSINIT ordering scheme.
- Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that
they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack
rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the
non-VIMAGE case.
- Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead
of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases,
convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where
appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering
to make room for or better manage events.
Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup)
Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_SYSINIT(vnet_route_init, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_FOURTH,
|
|
|
|
|
vnet_route_init, 0);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances.
Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor
functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor
mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future
equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework.
While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions,
many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even
worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are
already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in
smaller incremental commits.
Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw
and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this
change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet
destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover,
destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in
options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely
kldunloaded at run time.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef VIMAGE
|
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual
network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT:
- Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will
occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the
!VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT.
For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and
properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/
destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets.
- Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose
previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the
SYSINIT ordering scheme.
- Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that
they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack
rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the
non-VIMAGE case.
- Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead
of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases,
convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where
appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering
to make room for or better manage events.
Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup)
Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
vnet_route_uninit(const void *unused __unused)
|
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances.
Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor
functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor
mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future
equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework.
While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions,
many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even
worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are
already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in
smaller incremental commits.
Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw
and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this
change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet
destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover,
destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in
options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely
kldunloaded at run time.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int table;
|
|
|
|
|
int fam;
|
|
|
|
|
struct domain *dom;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head **rnh;
|
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances.
Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor
functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor
mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future
equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework.
While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions,
many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even
worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are
already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in
smaller incremental commits.
Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw
and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this
change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet
destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover,
destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in
options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely
kldunloaded at run time.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (dom = domains; dom; dom = dom->dom_next) {
|
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dom->dom_rtdetach == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (table = 0; table < rt_numfibs; table++) {
|
|
|
|
|
fam = dom->dom_family;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (table != 0 && fam != AF_INET6 && fam != AF_INET)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
panic("%s: rnh NULL", __func__);
|
2014-11-06 17:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
dom->dom_rtdetach((void **)rnh, 0);
|
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances.
Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor
functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor
mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future
equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework.
While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions,
many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even
worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are
already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in
smaller incremental commits.
Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw
and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this
change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet
destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover,
destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in
options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely
kldunloaded at run time.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-11-25 20:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free(V_rt_tables, M_RTABLE);
|
|
|
|
|
uma_zdestroy(V_rtzone);
|
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances.
Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor
functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor
mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future
equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework.
While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions,
many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even
worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are
already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in
smaller incremental commits.
Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw
and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this
change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet
destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover,
destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in
options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely
kldunloaded at run time.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Get closer to a VIMAGE network stack teardown from top to bottom rather
than removing the network interfaces first. This change is rather larger
and convoluted as the ordering requirements cannot be separated.
Move the pfil(9) framework to SI_SUB_PROTO_PFIL, move Firewalls and
related modules to their own SI_SUB_PROTO_FIREWALL.
Move initialization of "physical" interfaces to SI_SUB_DRIVERS,
move virtual (cloned) interfaces to SI_SUB_PSEUDO.
Move Multicast to SI_SUB_PROTO_MC.
Re-work parts of multicast initialisation and teardown, not taking the
huge amount of memory into account if used as a module yet.
For interface teardown we try to do as many of them as we can on
SI_SUB_INIT_IF, but for some this makes no sense, e.g., when tunnelling
over a higher layer protocol such as IP. In that case the interface
has to go along (or before) the higher layer protocol is shutdown.
Kernel hhooks need to go last on teardown as they may be used at various
higher layers and we cannot remove them before we cleaned up the higher
layers.
For interface teardown there are multiple paths:
(a) a cloned interface is destroyed (inside a VIMAGE or in the base system),
(b) any interface is moved from a virtual network stack to a different
network stack ("vmove"), or (c) a virtual network stack is being shut down.
All code paths go through if_detach_internal() where we, depending on the
vmove flag or the vnet state, make a decision on how much to shut down;
in case we are destroying a VNET the individual protocol layers will
cleanup their own parts thus we cannot do so again for each interface as
we end up with, e.g., double-frees, destroying locks twice or acquiring
already destroyed locks.
When calling into protocol cleanups we equally have to tell them
whether they need to detach upper layer protocols ("ulp") or not
(e.g., in6_ifdetach()).
Provide or enahnce helper functions to do proper cleanup at a protocol
rather than at an interface level.
Approved by: re (hrs)
Obtained from: projects/vnet
Reviewed by: gnn, jhb
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6747
2016-06-21 13:48:49 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_SYSUNINIT(vnet_route_uninit, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_FIRST,
|
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual
network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT:
- Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will
occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the
!VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT.
For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and
properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/
destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets.
- Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose
previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the
SYSINIT ordering scheme.
- Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that
they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack
rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the
non-VIMAGE case.
- Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead
of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases,
convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where
appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering
to make room for or better manage events.
Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup)
Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
|
|
|
vnet_route_uninit, 0);
|
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances.
Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor
functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor
mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future
equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework.
While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions,
many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even
worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are
already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in
smaller incremental commits.
Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw
and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this
change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet
destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover,
destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in
options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely
kldunloaded at run time.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *
|
|
|
|
|
rt_table_init(int offset)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rh;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rh = malloc(sizeof(struct rib_head), M_RTABLE, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* TODO: These details should be hidded inside radix.c */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Init masks tree */
|
|
|
|
|
rn_inithead_internal(&rh->head, rh->rnh_nodes, offset);
|
|
|
|
|
rn_inithead_internal(&rh->rmhead.head, rh->rmhead.mask_nodes, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
rh->head.rnh_masks = &rh->rmhead;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Init locks */
|
2016-10-06 14:42:06 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_LOCK_INIT(rh);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finally, set base callbacks */
|
|
|
|
|
rh->rnh_addaddr = rn_addroute;
|
|
|
|
|
rh->rnh_deladdr = rn_delete;
|
|
|
|
|
rh->rnh_matchaddr = rn_match;
|
|
|
|
|
rh->rnh_lookup = rn_lookup;
|
|
|
|
|
rh->rnh_walktree = rn_walktree;
|
|
|
|
|
rh->rnh_walktree_from = rn_walktree_from;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (rh);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-03 21:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_freeentry(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct radix_head * const rnh = arg;
|
|
|
|
|
struct radix_node *x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x = (struct radix_node *)rn_delete(rn + 2, NULL, rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
if (x != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
R_Free(x);
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_table_destroy(struct rib_head *rh)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-03 21:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
rn_walktree(&rh->rmhead.head, rt_freeentry, &rh->rmhead.head);
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Assume table is already empty */
|
2016-10-06 14:42:06 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_LOCK_DESTROY(rh);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
free(rh, M_RTABLE);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifndef _SYS_SYSPROTO_H_
|
|
|
|
|
struct setfib_args {
|
|
|
|
|
int fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2011-09-16 13:58:51 +00:00
|
|
|
sys_setfib(struct thread *td, struct setfib_args *uap)
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (uap->fibnum < 0 || uap->fibnum >= rt_numfibs)
|
|
|
|
|
return EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
td->td_proc->p_fibnum = uap->fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Packet routing routines.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rtalloc_ign_fib(struct route *ro, u_long ignore, u_int fibnum)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((rt = ro->ro_rt) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp != NULL && rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
RTFREE(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
ro->ro_rt = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
ro->ro_rt = rtalloc1_fib(&ro->ro_dst, 1, ignore, fibnum);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ro->ro_rt)
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(ro->ro_rt);
|
1994-12-13 23:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Look up the route that matches the address given
|
|
|
|
|
* Or, at least try.. Create a cloned route if needed.
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The returned route, if any, is locked.
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rtalloc1(struct sockaddr *dst, int report, u_long ignflags)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (rtalloc1_fib(dst, report, ignflags, RT_DEFAULT_FIB));
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *
|
|
|
|
|
rtalloc1_fib(struct sockaddr *dst, int report, u_long ignflags,
|
|
|
|
|
u_int fibnum)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rh;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct radix_node *rn;
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *newrt;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo info;
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
int err = 0, msgtype = RTM_MISS;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rtalloc1_fib: bad fibnum"));
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
|
2011-03-19 21:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
newrt = NULL;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rh == NULL)
|
2011-03-19 19:50:36 +00:00
|
|
|
goto miss;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
* Look up the address in the table for that Address Family
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-06-13 10:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((ignflags & RTF_RNH_LOCKED) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_RLOCK(rh);
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INVARIANTS
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_LOCK_ASSERT(rh);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rn = rh->rnh_matchaddr(dst, &rh->head);
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rn && ((rn->rn_flags & RNF_ROOT) == 0)) {
|
2011-03-19 16:52:06 +00:00
|
|
|
newrt = RNTORT(rn);
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(newrt);
|
|
|
|
|
RT_ADDREF(newrt);
|
2017-06-13 10:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((ignflags & RTF_RNH_LOCKED) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_RUNLOCK(rh);
|
2016-01-13 14:32:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return (newrt);
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-06-13 10:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if ((ignflags & RTF_RNH_LOCKED) == 0)
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_RUNLOCK(rh);
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2016-12-08 18:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
* Either we hit the root or could not find any match,
|
|
|
|
|
* which basically means: "cannot get there from here".
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
miss:
|
2011-03-19 19:50:36 +00:00
|
|
|
V_rtstat.rts_unreach++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (report) {
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* If required, report the failure to the supervising
|
|
|
|
|
* Authorities.
|
|
|
|
|
* For a delete, this is not an error. (report == 0)
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
bzero(&info, sizeof(info));
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
|
2011-09-28 13:48:36 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_missmsg_fib(msgtype, &info, 0, err, fibnum);
|
2016-01-13 14:32:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (newrt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Remove a reference count from an rtentry.
|
|
|
|
|
* If the count gets low enough, take it out of the routing table
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rtfree(struct rtentry *rt)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(rt != NULL,("%s: NULL rt", __func__));
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(rt->rt_fibnum, rt_key(rt)->sa_family);
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(rnh != NULL,("%s: NULL rnh", __func__));
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
* The callers should use RTFREE_LOCKED() or RTFREE(), so
|
|
|
|
|
* we should come here exactly with the last reference.
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_REMREF(rt);
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_refcnt > 0) {
|
2009-01-02 22:51:30 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_DEBUG, "%s: %p has %d refs\n", __func__, rt, rt->rt_refcnt);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* On last reference give the "close method" a chance
|
|
|
|
|
* to cleanup private state. This also permits (for
|
|
|
|
|
* IPv4 and IPv6) a chance to decide if the routing table
|
|
|
|
|
* entry should be purged immediately or at a later time.
|
|
|
|
|
* When an immediate purge is to happen the close routine
|
|
|
|
|
* typically calls rtexpunge which clears the RTF_UP flag
|
|
|
|
|
* on the entry so that the code below reclaims the storage.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_refcnt == 0 && rnh->rnh_close)
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_close((struct radix_node *)rt, &rnh->head);
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If we are no longer "up" (and ref == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
* then we can free the resources associated
|
|
|
|
|
* with the route.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_nodes->rn_flags & (RNF_ACTIVE | RNF_ROOT))
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("rtfree 2");
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* the rtentry must have been removed from the routing table
|
|
|
|
|
* so it is represented in rttrash.. remove that now.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
V_rttrash--;
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_refcnt < 0) {
|
1994-10-02 17:48:58 +00:00
|
|
|
printf("rtfree: %p not freed (neg refs)\n", rt);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* release references on items we hold them on..
|
|
|
|
|
* e.g other routes and ifaddrs.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifa)
|
2009-06-21 19:30:33 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* The key is separatly alloc'd so free it (see rt_setgate()).
|
|
|
|
|
* This also frees the gateway, as they are always malloc'd
|
|
|
|
|
* together.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
|
|
|
R_Free(rt_key(rt));
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* and the rtentry itself of course
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
done:
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Force a routing table entry to the specified
|
|
|
|
|
* destination to go through the given gateway.
|
|
|
|
|
* Normally called as a result of a routing redirect
|
|
|
|
|
* message from the network layer.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rtredirect_fib(struct sockaddr *dst,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *gateway,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *netmask,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *src,
|
|
|
|
|
u_int fibnum)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-01-09 06:26:40 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = 0;
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
short *stat = NULL;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo info;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = NULL;
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
NET_EPOCH_ENTER();
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = EAFNOSUPPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/* verify the gateway is directly reachable */
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((ifa = ifa_ifwithnet(gateway, 0, fibnum)) == NULL) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ENETUNREACH;
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = rtalloc1_fib(dst, 0, 0UL, fibnum); /* NB: rt is locked */
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If the redirect isn't from our current router for this dst,
|
|
|
|
|
* it's either old or wrong. If it redirects us to ourselves,
|
|
|
|
|
* we have a routing loop, perhaps as a result of an interface
|
|
|
|
|
* going down recently.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects.
On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the
redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache
entry, remove the interface route.
This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK
address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY.
This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo
Phase 2 test suite.
Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock
triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases.
When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2
(Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE,
and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported
that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!)
These other test cases also passed in 2012:
* the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a
RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination)
* the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6
* a valid IPv4 redirect
All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS.
Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015,
Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012,
TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012
PR: 152791
Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Dell Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(flags & RTF_DONE) && rt) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sa_equal(src, rt->rt_gateway)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifa != ifa && ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != AF_LINK) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) && ifa_ifwithaddr_check(gateway)) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
error = EHOSTUNREACH;
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects.
On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the
redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache
entry, remove the interface route.
This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK
address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY.
This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo
Phase 2 test suite.
Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock
triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases.
When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2
(Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE,
and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported
that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!)
These other test cases also passed in 2012:
* the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a
RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination)
* the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6
* a valid IPv4 redirect
All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS.
Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015,
Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012,
TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012
PR: 152791
Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Dell Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Create a new entry if we just got back a wildcard entry
|
2011-02-21 09:01:34 +00:00
|
|
|
* or the lookup failed. This is necessary for hosts
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* which use routing redirects generated by smart gateways
|
|
|
|
|
* to dynamically build the routing tables.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL || (rt_mask(rt) && rt_mask(rt)->sa_len < 2))
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
goto create;
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Don't listen to the redirect if it's
|
1995-05-30 08:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
* for a route to an interface.
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (((rt->rt_flags & RTF_HOST) == 0) && (flags & RTF_HOST)) {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Changing from route to net => route to host.
|
|
|
|
|
* Create new route, rather than smashing route to net.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
create:
|
2016-01-14 16:31:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
|
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects.
On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the
redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache
entry, remove the interface route.
This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK
address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY.
This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo
Phase 2 test suite.
Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock
triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases.
When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2
(Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE,
and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported
that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!)
These other test cases also passed in 2012:
* the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a
RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination)
* the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6
* a valid IPv4 redirect
All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS.
Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015,
Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012,
TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012
PR: 152791
Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Dell Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
|
|
|
flags |= RTF_DYNAMIC;
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_ifa = ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_flags = flags;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
error = rtrequest1_fib(RTM_ADD, &info, &rt, fibnum);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt != NULL) {
|
2003-10-05 19:05:53 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
flags = rt->rt_flags;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
stat = &V_rtstat.rts_dynamic;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Smash the current notion of the gateway to
|
|
|
|
|
* this destination. Should check about netmask!!!
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects.
On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the
redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache
entry, remove the interface route.
This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK
address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY.
This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo
Phase 2 test suite.
Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock
triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases.
When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2
(Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE,
and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported
that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!)
These other test cases also passed in 2012:
* the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a
RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination)
* the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6
* a valid IPv4 redirect
All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS.
Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015,
Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012,
TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012
PR: 152791
Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Dell Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_GATEWAY;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags |= RTF_MODIFIED;
|
|
|
|
|
flags |= RTF_MODIFIED;
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
stat = &V_rtstat.rts_newgateway;
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* add the key and gateway (in one malloc'd chunk).
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_setgate(rt, rt_key(rt), gateway);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
error = EHOSTUNREACH;
|
|
|
|
|
done:
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt)
|
2008-02-13 16:57:58 +00:00
|
|
|
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
|
NET_EPOCH_EXIT();
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
V_rtstat.rts_badredirect++;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (stat != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
(*stat)++;
|
|
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_AUTHOR] = src;
|
2011-09-28 13:48:36 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_missmsg_fib(RTM_REDIRECT, &info, flags, error, fibnum);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
|
|
|
* Routing table ioctl interface.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rtioctl_fib(u_long req, caddr_t data, u_int fibnum)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-21 17:38:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If more ioctl commands are added here, make sure the proper
|
|
|
|
|
* super-user checks are being performed because it is possible for
|
|
|
|
|
* prison-root to make it this far if raw sockets have been enabled
|
|
|
|
|
* in jails.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-10-02 17:48:58 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
1994-09-06 22:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Multicast goop, grrr... */
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
return mrt_ioctl ? mrt_ioctl(req, data, fibnum) : EOPNOTSUPP;
|
1994-10-02 17:48:58 +00:00
|
|
|
#else /* INET */
|
|
|
|
|
return ENXIO;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* INET */
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
2015-09-05 05:33:20 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_ifwithroute(int flags, const struct sockaddr *dst, struct sockaddr *gateway,
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int fibnum)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
The current routing code allows insertion of indirect routes that have
gateways which are unreachable except through the default router. For
example, assuming there is a default route configured, and inserting
a route
"route add 64.102.54.0/24 60.80.1.1"
is currently allowed even when 60.80.1.1 is only reachable through
the default route. However, an error is thrown when this route is
utilized, say,
"ping 64.102.54.1" will return an error
This type of route insertion should be disallowed becasue:
1) Let's say that somehow our code allowed this packet to flow to
the default router, and the default router knows the next hop is
60.80.1.1, then the question is why bother inserting this route in
the 1st place, just simply use the default route.
2) Since we're not talking about source routing here, the default
router could very well choose a different path than using 60.80.1.1
for the next hop, again it defeats the purpose of adding this route.
Reviewed by: ru, gnn, bz
Approved by: andre
2006-05-16 19:11:11 +00:00
|
|
|
int not_found = 0;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(in_epoch());
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If we are adding a route to an interface,
|
|
|
|
|
* and the interface is a pt to pt link
|
|
|
|
|
* we should search for the destination
|
|
|
|
|
* as our clue to the interface. Otherwise
|
|
|
|
|
* we can use the local address.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & RTF_HOST)
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifa_ifwithdstaddr(dst, fibnum);
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa == NULL)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifa_ifwithaddr(gateway);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If we are adding a route to a remote net
|
|
|
|
|
* or host, the gateway may still be on the
|
|
|
|
|
* other end of a pt to pt link.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifa_ifwithdstaddr(gateway, fibnum);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa == NULL)
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifa_ifwithnet(gateway, 0, fibnum);
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa == NULL) {
|
2017-06-13 10:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt = rtalloc1_fib(gateway, 0, flags, fibnum);
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL)
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
The current routing code allows insertion of indirect routes that have
gateways which are unreachable except through the default router. For
example, assuming there is a default route configured, and inserting
a route
"route add 64.102.54.0/24 60.80.1.1"
is currently allowed even when 60.80.1.1 is only reachable through
the default route. However, an error is thrown when this route is
utilized, say,
"ping 64.102.54.1" will return an error
This type of route insertion should be disallowed becasue:
1) Let's say that somehow our code allowed this packet to flow to
the default router, and the default router knows the next hop is
60.80.1.1, then the question is why bother inserting this route in
the 1st place, just simply use the default route.
2) Since we're not talking about source routing here, the default
router could very well choose a different path than using 60.80.1.1
for the next hop, again it defeats the purpose of adding this route.
Reviewed by: ru, gnn, bz
Approved by: andre
2006-05-16 19:11:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* dismiss a gateway that is reachable only
|
|
|
|
|
* through the default router
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
switch (gateway->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
|
if (satosin(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_ANY)
|
|
|
|
|
not_found = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
|
if (IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&satosin6(rt_key(rt))->sin6_addr))
|
|
|
|
|
not_found = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!not_found && rt->rt_ifa != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
ifa = rt->rt_ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_REMREF(rt);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (not_found || ifa == NULL)
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != dst->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *oifa = ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(dst, ifa->ifa_ifp);
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa == NULL)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = oifa;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
out:
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Do appropriate manipulations of a routing tree given
|
|
|
|
|
* all the bits of info needed
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rtrequest_fib(int req,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dst,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *gateway,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *netmask,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags,
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry **ret_nrt,
|
|
|
|
|
u_int fibnum)
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo info;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-05-04 18:33:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dst->sa_len == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return(EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_flags = flags;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
return rtrequest1_fib(req, &info, ret_nrt, fibnum);
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Copy most of @rt data into @info.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* If @flags contains NHR_COPY, copies dst,netmask and gw to the
|
|
|
|
|
* pointers specified by @info structure. Assume such pointers
|
|
|
|
|
* are zeroed sockaddr-like structures with sa_len field initialized
|
|
|
|
|
* to reflect size of the provided buffer. if no NHR_COPY is specified,
|
|
|
|
|
* point dst,netmask and gw @info fields to appropriate @rt values.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* if @flags contains NHR_REF, do refcouting on rt_ifp.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns 0 on success.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_exportinfo(struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info, int flags)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rt_metrics *rmx;
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *src, *dst;
|
|
|
|
|
int sa_len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & NHR_COPY) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy destination if dst is non-zero */
|
|
|
|
|
src = rt_key(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
dst = info->rti_info[RTAX_DST];
|
|
|
|
|
sa_len = src->sa_len;
|
2016-01-09 05:39:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dst != NULL) {
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (src->sa_len > dst->sa_len)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dst, src, src->sa_len);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_addrs |= RTA_DST;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy mask if set && dst is non-zero */
|
|
|
|
|
src = rt_mask(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
dst = info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK];
|
|
|
|
|
if (src != NULL && dst != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Radix stores different value in sa_len,
|
|
|
|
|
* assume rt_mask() to have the same length
|
|
|
|
|
* as rt_key()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (sa_len > dst->sa_len)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dst, src, src->sa_len);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_addrs |= RTA_NETMASK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy gateway is set && dst is non-zero */
|
|
|
|
|
src = rt->rt_gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
dst = info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY];
|
|
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) && src != NULL && dst != NULL){
|
|
|
|
|
if (src->sa_len > dst->sa_len)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dst, src, src->sa_len);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_addrs |= RTA_GATEWAY;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_DST] = rt_key(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_addrs |= RTA_DST;
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt_mask(rt) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = rt_mask(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_addrs |= RTA_NETMASK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = rt->rt_gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_addrs |= RTA_GATEWAY;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rmx = info->rti_rmx;
|
|
|
|
|
if (rmx != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_mflags |= RTV_MTU;
|
|
|
|
|
rmx->rmx_mtu = rt->rt_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_flags = rt->rt_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_ifp = rt->rt_ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_ifa = rt->rt_ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & NHR_REF) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do 'traditional' refcouting */
|
|
|
|
|
if_ref(info->rti_ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Lookups up route entry for @dst in RIB database for fib @fibnum.
|
|
|
|
|
* Exports entry data to @info using rt_exportinfo().
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* if @flags contains NHR_REF, refcouting is performed on rt_ifp.
|
|
|
|
|
* All references can be released later by calling rib_free_info()
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns 0 on success.
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns ENOENT for lookup failure, ENOMEM for export failure.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rib_lookup_info(uint32_t fibnum, const struct sockaddr *dst, uint32_t flags,
|
|
|
|
|
uint32_t flowid, struct rt_addrinfo *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rh;
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
struct radix_node *rn;
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rib_lookup_rte: bad fibnum"));
|
|
|
|
|
rh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ENOENT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_RLOCK(rh);
|
|
|
|
|
rn = rh->rnh_matchaddr(__DECONST(void *, dst), &rh->head);
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rn != NULL && ((rn->rn_flags & RNF_ROOT) == 0)) {
|
|
|
|
|
rt = RNTORT(rn);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure route & ifp is UP */
|
|
|
|
|
if (RT_LINK_IS_UP(rt->rt_ifp)) {
|
|
|
|
|
flags = (flags & NHR_REF) | NHR_COPY;
|
|
|
|
|
error = rt_exportinfo(rt, info, flags);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_RUNLOCK(rh);
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_RUNLOCK(rh);
|
2016-01-04 15:03:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (ENOENT);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Releases all references acquired by rib_lookup_info() when
|
|
|
|
|
* called with NHR_REF flags.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rib_free_info(struct rt_addrinfo *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if_rele(info->rti_ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-10 20:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Iterates over all existing fibs in system calling
|
|
|
|
|
* @setwa_f function prior to traversing each fib.
|
|
|
|
|
* Calls @wa_f function for each element in current fib.
|
|
|
|
|
* If af is not AF_UNSPEC, iterates over fibs in particular
|
|
|
|
|
* address family.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2015-08-10 20:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_foreach_fib_walk(int af, rt_setwarg_t *setwa_f, rt_walktree_f_t *wa_f,
|
|
|
|
|
void *arg)
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want some specific family? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (af != AF_UNSPEC) {
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, af);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
if (setwa_f != NULL)
|
2015-11-14 18:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
setwa_f(rnh, fibnum, af, arg);
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_walktree(&rnh->head, (walktree_f_t *)wa_f,arg);
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
if (setwa_f != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
setwa_f(rnh, fibnum, i, arg);
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_walktree(&rnh->head, (walktree_f_t *)wa_f,arg);
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_delinfo
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo info;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *head;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Conditionally unlinks @rn from radix tree based
|
|
|
|
|
* on info data passed in @arg.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_checkdelroute(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rt_delinfo *di;
|
|
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo *info;
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
di = (struct rt_delinfo *)arg;
|
|
|
|
|
rt = (struct rtentry *)rn;
|
|
|
|
|
info = &di->info;
|
|
|
|
|
error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_DST] = rt_key(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = rt_mask(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = rt->rt_gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt = rt_unlinkrte(di->rnh, info, &error);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Either not allowed or not matched. Skip entry */
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Entry was unlinked. Add to the list and return */
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_chain = di->head;
|
|
|
|
|
di->head = rt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Iterates over all existing fibs in system.
|
|
|
|
|
* Deletes each element for which @filter_f function returned
|
|
|
|
|
* non-zero value.
|
|
|
|
|
* If @af is not AF_UNSPEC, iterates over fibs in particular
|
|
|
|
|
* address family.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_foreach_fib_walk_del(int af, rt_filter_f_t *filter_f, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_delinfo di;
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
uint32_t fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, start, end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bzero(&di, sizeof(di));
|
|
|
|
|
di.info.rti_filter = filter_f;
|
|
|
|
|
di.info.rti_filterdata = arg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want some specific family? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (af != AF_UNSPEC) {
|
|
|
|
|
start = af;
|
|
|
|
|
end = af;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
start = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
end = AF_MAX;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = start; i <= end; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
di.rnh = rnh;
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_walktree(&rnh->head, rt_checkdelroute, &di);
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (di.head == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We might have something to reclaim */
|
|
|
|
|
while (di.head != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
rt = di.head;
|
|
|
|
|
di.head = rt->rt_chain;
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_chain = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* TODO std rt -> rt_addrinfo export */
|
|
|
|
|
di.info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = rt_key(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
di.info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = rt_mask(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt_notifydelete(rt, &di.info);
|
|
|
|
|
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Delete Routes for a Network Interface
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Called for each routing entry via the rnh->rnh_walktree() call above
|
|
|
|
|
* to delete all route entries referencing a detaching network interface.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
* rt pointer to rtentry
|
|
|
|
|
* arg argument passed to rnh->rnh_walktree() - detaching interface
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns:
|
|
|
|
|
* 0 successful
|
|
|
|
|
* errno failed - reason indicated
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_ifdelroute(const struct rtentry *rt, void *arg)
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp = arg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp != ifp)
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Protect (sorta) against walktree recursion problems
|
|
|
|
|
* with cloned routes
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return (1);
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Delete all remaining routes using this interface
|
|
|
|
|
* Unfortuneatly the only way to do this is to slog through
|
|
|
|
|
* the entire routing table looking for routes which point
|
|
|
|
|
* to this interface...oh well...
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-06-06 12:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_flushifroutes_af(struct ifnet *ifp, int af)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT((af >= 1 && af <= AF_MAX), ("%s: af %d not >= 1 and <= %d",
|
|
|
|
|
__func__, af, AF_MAX));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt_foreach_fib_walk_del(af, rt_ifdelroute, ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_flushifroutes(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_foreach_fib_walk_del(AF_UNSPEC, rt_ifdelroute, ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Conditionally unlinks rtentry matching data inside @info from @rnh.
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns unlinked, locked and referenced @rtentry on success,
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns NULL and sets @perror to:
|
|
|
|
|
* ESRCH - if prefix was not found,
|
|
|
|
|
* EADDRINUSE - if trying to delete PINNED route without appropriate flag.
|
|
|
|
|
* ENOENT - if supplied filter function returned 0 (not matched).
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static struct rtentry *
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_unlinkrte(struct rib_head *rnh, struct rt_addrinfo *info, int *perror)
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dst, *netmask;
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
struct radix_node *rn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dst = info->rti_info[RTAX_DST];
|
|
|
|
|
netmask = info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK];
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = (struct rtentry *)rnh->rnh_lookup(dst, netmask, &rnh->head);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = ESRCH;
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((info->rti_flags & RTF_PINNED) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if target route can be deleted */
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_PINNED) {
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = EADDRINUSE;
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_filter != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_filter(rt, info->rti_filterdata) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Not matched */
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = ENOENT;
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Filter function requested rte deletion.
|
|
|
|
|
* Ease the caller work by filling in remaining info
|
|
|
|
|
* from that particular entry.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = rt->rt_gateway;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Remove the item from the tree and return it.
|
|
|
|
|
* Complain if it is not there and do no more processing.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = ESRCH;
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_mpath_capable(rnh))
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rn = rt_mpath_unlink(rnh, info, rt, perror);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rn = rnh->rnh_deladdr(dst, netmask, &rnh->head);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rn == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rn->rn_flags & (RNF_ACTIVE | RNF_ROOT))
|
|
|
|
|
panic ("rtrequest delete");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt = RNTORT(rn);
|
|
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
RT_ADDREF(rt);
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_UP;
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (rt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_notifydelete(struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* give the protocol a chance to keep things in sync.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
ifa = rt->rt_ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifa != NULL && ifa->ifa_rtrequest != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_DELETE, rt, info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* One more rtentry floating around that is not
|
|
|
|
|
* linked to the routing table. rttrash will be decremented
|
|
|
|
|
* when RTFREE(rt) is eventually called.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
V_rttrash++;
|
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* These (questionable) definitions of apparent local variables apply
|
|
|
|
|
* to the next two functions. XXXXXX!!!
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
#define dst info->rti_info[RTAX_DST]
|
|
|
|
|
#define gateway info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY]
|
|
|
|
|
#define netmask info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK]
|
|
|
|
|
#define ifaaddr info->rti_info[RTAX_IFA]
|
|
|
|
|
#define ifpaddr info->rti_info[RTAX_IFP]
|
|
|
|
|
#define flags info->rti_flags
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Look up rt_addrinfo for a specific fib. Note that if rti_ifa is defined,
|
|
|
|
|
* it will be referenced so the caller must free it.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_getifa_fib(struct rt_addrinfo *info, u_int fibnum)
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
int error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* ifp may be specified by sockaddr_dl
|
|
|
|
|
* when protocol address is ambiguous.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
NET_EPOCH_ENTER();
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifp == NULL && ifpaddr != NULL &&
|
|
|
|
|
ifpaddr->sa_family == AF_LINK &&
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
(ifa = ifa_ifwithnet(ifpaddr, 0, fibnum)) != NULL) {
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifa == NULL && ifaaddr != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_ifa = ifa_ifwithaddr(ifaaddr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifa == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sa = ifaaddr != NULL ? ifaaddr :
|
|
|
|
|
(gateway != NULL ? gateway : dst);
|
|
|
|
|
if (sa != NULL && info->rti_ifp != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(sa, info->rti_ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (dst != NULL && gateway != NULL)
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_ifa = ifa_ifwithroute(flags, dst, gateway,
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
fibnum);
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (sa != NULL)
|
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_ifa = ifa_ifwithroute(flags, sa, sa,
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
fibnum);
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ((ifa = info->rti_ifa) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifp == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_ref(info->rti_ifa);
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
error = ENETUNREACH;
|
2018-05-23 21:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
NET_EPOCH_EXIT();
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
if_updatemtu_cb(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
|
|
|
|
struct if_mtuinfo *ifmtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt = (struct rtentry *)rn;
|
|
|
|
|
ifmtu = (struct if_mtuinfo *)arg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp != ifmtu->ifp)
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_mtu >= ifmtu->mtu) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have to decrease mtu regardless of flags */
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_mtu = ifmtu->mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* New MTU is bigger. Check if are allowed to alter it
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_flags & (RTF_FIXEDMTU | RTF_GATEWAY | RTF_HOST)) != 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Skip routes with user-supplied MTU and
|
|
|
|
|
* non-interface routes
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We are safe to update route MTU */
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_mtu = ifmtu->mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_updatemtu(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct if_mtuinfo ifmtu;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifmtu.ifp = ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Try to update rt_mtu for all routes using this interface
|
|
|
|
|
* Unfortunately the only way to do this is to traverse all
|
|
|
|
|
* routing tables in all fibs/domains.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
ifmtu.mtu = if_getmtu_family(ifp, i);
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < rt_numfibs; j++) {
|
|
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(j, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_walktree(&rnh->head, if_updatemtu_cb, &ifmtu);
|
|
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
int p_sockaddr(char *buf, int buflen, struct sockaddr *s);
|
|
|
|
|
int rt_print(char *buf, int buflen, struct rtentry *rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
p_sockaddr(char *buf, int buflen, struct sockaddr *s)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
void *paddr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (s->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
|
paddr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)s)->sin_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
|
paddr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)s)->sin6_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (paddr == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inet_ntop(s->sa_family, paddr, buf, buflen) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (strlen(buf));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_print(char *buf, int buflen, struct rtentry *rt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *addr, *mask;
|
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
addr = rt_key(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
mask = rt_mask(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = p_sockaddr(buf, buflen, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(rt->rt_flags & RTF_HOST)) {
|
|
|
|
|
buf[i++] = '/';
|
|
|
|
|
i += p_sockaddr(buf + i, buflen - i, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
|
|
|
|
|
buf[i++] = '>';
|
|
|
|
|
i += p_sockaddr(buf + i, buflen - i, rt->rt_gateway);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Deletes key for single-path routes, unlinks rtentry with
|
|
|
|
|
* gateway specified in @info from multi-path routes.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Returnes unlinked entry. In case of failure, returns NULL
|
|
|
|
|
* and sets @perror to ESRCH.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static struct radix_node *
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_mpath_unlink(struct rib_head *rnh, struct rt_addrinfo *info,
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rto, int *perror)
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* if we got multipath routes, we require users to specify
|
|
|
|
|
* a matching RTAX_GATEWAY.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt; // *rto = NULL;
|
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
struct radix_node *rn;
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *gw;
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
gw = info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY];
|
|
|
|
|
rt = rt_mpath_matchgate(rto, gw);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = ESRCH;
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* this is the first entry in the chain
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (rto == rt) {
|
|
|
|
|
rn = rn_mpath_next((struct radix_node *)rt);
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* there is another entry, now it's active
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (rn) {
|
|
|
|
|
rto = RNTORT(rn);
|
|
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rto);
|
|
|
|
|
rto->rt_flags |= RTF_UP;
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rto);
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* For gateway routes, we need to
|
|
|
|
|
* make sure that we we are deleting
|
|
|
|
|
* the correct gateway.
|
|
|
|
|
* rt_mpath_matchgate() does not
|
|
|
|
|
* check the case when there is only
|
|
|
|
|
* one route in the chain.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (gw &&
|
|
|
|
|
(rt->rt_gateway->sa_len != gw->sa_len ||
|
|
|
|
|
memcmp(rt->rt_gateway, gw, gw->sa_len))) {
|
|
|
|
|
*perror = ESRCH;
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
2009-07-11 21:56:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* use the normal delete code to remove
|
|
|
|
|
* the first entry
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rn = rnh->rnh_deladdr(dst, netmask, &rnh->head);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
*perror = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return (rn);
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* if the entry is 2nd and on up
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_mpath_deldup(rto, rt) == 0)
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
panic ("rtrequest1: rt_mpath_deldup");
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
*perror = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rn = (struct radix_node *)rt;
|
|
|
|
|
return (rn);
|
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rtrequest1_fib(int req, struct rt_addrinfo *info, struct rtentry **ret_nrt,
|
|
|
|
|
u_int fibnum)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = 0;
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt, *rt_old;
|
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
struct radix_node *rn;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *ndst;
|
2011-10-25 00:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_storage mdst;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rtrequest1_fib: bad fibnum"));
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT((flags & RTF_RNH_LOCKED) == 0, ("rtrequest1_fib: locked"));
|
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (dst->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
|
/* We support multiple FIBs. */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
fibnum = RT_DEFAULT_FIB;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Find the correct routing tree to use for this Address Family
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
2003-04-13 06:21:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EAFNOSUPPORT);
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If we are adding a host route then we don't want to put
|
2001-10-15 09:46:48 +00:00
|
|
|
* a netmask in the tree, nor do we want to clone it.
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (flags & RTF_HOST)
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
netmask = NULL;
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (req) {
|
|
|
|
|
case RTM_DELETE:
|
2011-10-25 00:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if (netmask) {
|
|
|
|
|
rt_maskedcopy(dst, (struct sockaddr *)&mdst, netmask);
|
|
|
|
|
dst = (struct sockaddr *)&mdst;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = rt_unlinkrte(rnh, info, &error);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error != 0)
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1995-03-20 21:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-30 05:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_notifydelete(rt, info);
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* If the caller wants it, then it can have it,
|
|
|
|
|
* but it's up to it to free the rtentry as we won't be
|
|
|
|
|
* doing it.
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret_nrt) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*ret_nrt = rt;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case RTM_RESOLVE:
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* resolve was only used for route cloning
|
|
|
|
|
* here for compat
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
case RTM_ADD:
|
1994-10-11 23:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) && !gateway)
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
2005-06-28 23:32:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dst && gateway && (dst->sa_family != gateway->sa_family) &&
|
|
|
|
|
(gateway->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC) && (gateway->sa_family != AF_LINK))
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
1994-10-11 23:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifa == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = rt_getifa_fib(info, fibnum);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2018-05-25 19:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = uma_zalloc(V_rtzone, M_NOWAIT);
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL) {
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ENOBUFS);
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags = RTF_UP | flags;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_fibnum = fibnum;
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
|
|
|
* Add the gateway. Possibly re-malloc-ing the storage for it.
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-01-27 22:42:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((error = rt_setgate(rt, dst, gateway)) != 0) {
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* point to the (possibly newly malloc'd) dest address.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ndst = (struct sockaddr *)rt_key(rt);
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* make sure it contains the value we want (masked if needed).
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (netmask) {
|
|
|
|
|
rt_maskedcopy(dst, ndst, netmask);
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
2004-04-18 11:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(dst, ndst, dst->sa_len);
|
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
* We use the ifa reference returned by rt_getifa_fib().
|
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* This moved from below so that rnh->rnh_addaddr() can
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* examine the ifa and ifa->ifa_ifp if it so desires.
|
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-05-25 19:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = info->rti_ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
ifa_ref(ifa);
|
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
|
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_weight = 1;
|
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Make checks for rt_mtu generic:
Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce
route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking
might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks
there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing
this.
We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered:
1) route addition.
In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute)
and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there.
2) route change (especially, GW change).
In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can
override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler
(inet6 does this).
3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY
In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime
checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary.
Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in
control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased
interface MTU.
This commit changes the following:
* removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side
* adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1)
* adds generic MTU check for case 2)
* The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since
if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size.
However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280)
for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size
for given interface and domain.
* moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies
user-supplied data which must be checked.
* removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to
use this functions on new non-inserted rte.
More changes will follow soon.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_setmetrics(info, rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
|
|
|
|
/* do not permit exactly the same dst/mask/gw pair */
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_mpath_capable(rnh) &&
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_mpath_conflict(rnh, rt, netmask)) {
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-15 12:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
|
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
|
|
|
R_Free(rt_key(rt));
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EEXIST);
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXX mtu manipulation will be done in rnh_addaddr -- itojun */
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rn = rnh->rnh_addaddr(ndst, netmask, &rnh->head, rt->rt_nodes);
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt_old = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (rn == NULL && (info->rti_flags & RTF_PINNED) != 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Force removal and re-try addition
|
|
|
|
|
* TODO: better multipath&pinned support
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *info_dst = info->rti_info[RTAX_DST];
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_DST] = ndst;
|
2015-12-13 16:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Do not delete existing PINNED(interface) routes */
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_flags &= ~RTF_PINNED;
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_old = rt_unlinkrte(rnh, info, &error);
|
2015-12-13 16:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_flags |= RTF_PINNED;
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_DST] = info_dst;
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt_old != NULL)
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rn = rnh->rnh_addaddr(ndst, netmask, &rnh->head,
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_nodes);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt_old != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt_old);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If it still failed to go into the tree,
|
|
|
|
|
* then un-make it (this should be a function)
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rn == NULL) {
|
2011-12-15 12:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
|
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
|
|
|
R_Free(rt_key(rt));
|
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions
from existing functions for initializing global state.
At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are
directly called from the existing global initialization code,
which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those
new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change.
Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via
protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked
multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any,
is initialized only if such functions are called within the
context of vnet0, which will be determined via the
IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true).
While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones
used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is
not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right
thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable,
and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed
objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible
that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple
vnets should be considered.
Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs
vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EEXIST);
|
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-02 08:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_old != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
rt_notifydelete(rt_old, info);
|
|
|
|
|
RTFREE(rt_old);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
* If this protocol has something to add to this then
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* allow it to do that as well.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_rtrequest)
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(req, rt, info);
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* actually return a resultant rtentry and
|
|
|
|
|
* give the caller a single reference.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret_nrt) {
|
|
|
|
|
*ret_nrt = rt;
|
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_ADDREF(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-03-24 07:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_gen++; /* Routing table updated */
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case RTM_CHANGE:
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK(rnh);
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
error = rtrequest1_fib_change(rnh, info, ret_nrt, fibnum);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WUNLOCK(rnh);
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
error = EOPNOTSUPP;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-01-08 16:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#undef dst
|
|
|
|
|
#undef gateway
|
|
|
|
|
#undef netmask
|
|
|
|
|
#undef ifaaddr
|
|
|
|
|
#undef ifpaddr
|
|
|
|
|
#undef flags
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
rtrequest1_fib_change(struct rib_head *rnh, struct rt_addrinfo *info,
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry **ret_nrt, u_int fibnum)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
int error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int free_ifa = 0;
|
Make checks for rt_mtu generic:
Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce
route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking
might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks
there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing
this.
We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered:
1) route addition.
In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute)
and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there.
2) route change (especially, GW change).
In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can
override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler
(inet6 does this).
3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY
In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime
checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary.
Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in
control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased
interface MTU.
This commit changes the following:
* removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side
* adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1)
* adds generic MTU check for case 2)
* The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since
if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size.
However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280)
for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size
for given interface and domain.
* moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies
user-supplied data which must be checked.
* removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to
use this functions on new non-inserted rte.
More changes will follow soon.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
|
|
|
int family, mtu;
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
struct if_mtuinfo ifmtu;
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-23 03:15:44 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_WLOCK_ASSERT(rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = (struct rtentry *)rnh->rnh_lookup(info->rti_info[RTAX_DST],
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK], &rnh->head);
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ESRCH);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* If we got multipath routes,
|
|
|
|
|
* we require users to specify a matching RTAX_GATEWAY.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_mpath_capable(rnh)) {
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = rt_mpath_matchgate(rt, info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY]);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return (ESRCH);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Make checks for rt_mtu generic:
Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce
route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking
might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks
there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing
this.
We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered:
1) route addition.
In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute)
and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there.
2) route change (especially, GW change).
In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can
override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler
(inet6 does this).
3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY
In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime
checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary.
Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in
control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased
interface MTU.
This commit changes the following:
* removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side
* adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1)
* adds generic MTU check for case 2)
* The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since
if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size.
However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280)
for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size
for given interface and domain.
* moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies
user-supplied data which must be checked.
* removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to
use this functions on new non-inserted rte.
More changes will follow soon.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_setmetrics(info, rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* New gateway could require new ifaddr, ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
* flags may also be different; ifp may be specified
|
|
|
|
|
* by ll sockaddr when protocol address is ambiguous
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (((rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) &&
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] != NULL) ||
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_info[RTAX_IFP] != NULL ||
|
|
|
|
|
(info->rti_info[RTAX_IFA] != NULL &&
|
|
|
|
|
!sa_equal(info->rti_info[RTAX_IFA], rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr))) {
|
2017-06-13 10:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* XXX: Temporarily set RTF_RNH_LOCKED flag in the rti_flags
|
|
|
|
|
* to avoid rlock in the ifa_ifwithroute().
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_flags |= RTF_RNH_LOCKED;
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
error = rt_getifa_fib(info, fibnum);
|
2017-06-13 10:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
info->rti_flags &= ~RTF_RNH_LOCKED;
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifa != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
free_ifa = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (error != 0)
|
2014-04-29 12:52:36 +00:00
|
|
|
goto bad;
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if outgoing interface has changed */
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifa != NULL && info->rti_ifa != rt->rt_ifa &&
|
2017-12-14 20:48:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_DELETE, rt, info);
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update gateway address */
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = rt_setgate(rt, rt_key(rt), info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY]);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error != 0)
|
2014-04-29 12:52:36 +00:00
|
|
|
goto bad;
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_GATEWAY;
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags |= (RTF_GATEWAY & info->rti_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_ifa != NULL && info->rti_ifa != rt->rt_ifa) {
|
|
|
|
|
ifa_ref(info->rti_ifa);
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa = info->rti_ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp = info->rti_ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allow some flags to be toggled on change. */
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_FMASK;
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags |= info->rti_flags & RTF_FMASK;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifa && rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_ADD, rt, info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Alter route MTU if necessary */
|
Make checks for rt_mtu generic:
Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce
route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking
might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks
there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing
this.
We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered:
1) route addition.
In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute)
and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there.
2) route change (especially, GW change).
In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can
override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler
(inet6 does this).
3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY
In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime
checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary.
Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in
control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased
interface MTU.
This commit changes the following:
* removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side
* adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1)
* adds generic MTU check for case 2)
* The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since
if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size.
However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280)
for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size
for given interface and domain.
* moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies
user-supplied data which must be checked.
* removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to
use this functions on new non-inserted rte.
More changes will follow soon.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
family = info->rti_info[RTAX_DST]->sa_family;
|
|
|
|
|
mtu = if_getmtu_family(rt->rt_ifp, family);
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Set default MTU */
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_mtu == 0)
|
Make checks for rt_mtu generic:
Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce
route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking
might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks
there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing
this.
We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered:
1) route addition.
In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute)
and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there.
2) route change (especially, GW change).
In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can
override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler
(inet6 does this).
3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY
In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime
checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary.
Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in
control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased
interface MTU.
This commit changes the following:
* removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side
* adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1)
* adds generic MTU check for case 2)
* The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since
if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size.
However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280)
for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size
for given interface and domain.
* moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies
user-supplied data which must be checked.
* removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to
use this functions on new non-inserted rte.
More changes will follow soon.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_mtu = mtu;
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_mtu != mtu) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if we really need to update */
|
|
|
|
|
ifmtu.ifp = rt->rt_ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
ifmtu.mtu = mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
if_updatemtu_cb(rt->rt_nodes, &ifmtu);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Make checks for rt_mtu generic:
Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce
route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking
might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks
there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing
this.
We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered:
1) route addition.
In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute)
and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there.
2) route change (especially, GW change).
In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can
override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler
(inet6 does this).
3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY
In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime
checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary.
Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in
control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased
interface MTU.
This commit changes the following:
* removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side
* adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1)
* adds generic MTU check for case 2)
* The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since
if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size.
However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280)
for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size
for given interface and domain.
* moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies
user-supplied data which must be checked.
* removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to
use this functions on new non-inserted rte.
More changes will follow soon.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-23 03:15:44 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* This route change may have modified the route's gateway. In that
|
|
|
|
|
* case, any inpcbs that have cached this route need to invalidate their
|
|
|
|
|
* llentry cache.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
rnh->rnh_gen++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret_nrt) {
|
|
|
|
|
*ret_nrt = rt;
|
|
|
|
|
RT_ADDREF(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bad:
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
if (free_ifa != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
ifa_free(info->rti_ifa);
|
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_setmetrics(const struct rt_addrinfo *info, struct rtentry *rt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (info->rti_mflags & RTV_MTU) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_rmx->rmx_mtu != 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* MTU was explicitly provided by user.
|
|
|
|
|
* Keep it.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags |= RTF_FIXEDMTU;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* User explicitly sets MTU to 0.
|
|
|
|
|
* Assume rollback to default.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_FIXEDMTU;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_mtu = info->rti_rmx->rmx_mtu;
|
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (info->rti_mflags & RTV_WEIGHT)
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_weight = info->rti_rmx->rmx_weight;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Kernel -> userland timebase conversion. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->rti_mflags & RTV_EXPIRE)
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = info->rti_rmx->rmx_expire ?
|
|
|
|
|
info->rti_rmx->rmx_expire - time_second + time_uptime : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_setgate(struct rtentry *rt, struct sockaddr *dst, struct sockaddr *gate)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXX dst may be overwritten, can we move this to below */
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
int dlen = SA_SIZE(dst), glen = SA_SIZE(gate);
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
* Prepare to store the gateway in rt->rt_gateway.
|
|
|
|
|
* Both dst and gateway are stored one after the other in the same
|
|
|
|
|
* malloc'd chunk. If we have room, we can reuse the old buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
* rt_gateway already points to the right place.
|
|
|
|
|
* Otherwise, malloc a new block and update the 'dst' address.
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_gateway == NULL || glen > SA_SIZE(rt->rt_gateway)) {
|
|
|
|
|
caddr_t new;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
R_Malloc(new, caddr_t, dlen + glen);
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (new == NULL)
|
1996-07-10 01:34:36 +00:00
|
|
|
return ENOBUFS;
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
* XXX note, we copy from *dst and not *rt_key(rt) because
|
|
|
|
|
* rt_setgate() can be called to initialize a newly
|
|
|
|
|
* allocated route entry, in which case rt_key(rt) == NULL
|
|
|
|
|
* (and also rt->rt_gateway == NULL).
|
|
|
|
|
* Free()/free() handle a NULL argument just fine.
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(dst, new, dlen);
|
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
|
|
|
R_Free(rt_key(rt)); /* free old block, if any */
|
2004-07-28 06:59:55 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_key(rt) = (struct sockaddr *)new;
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_gateway = (struct sockaddr *)(new + dlen);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copy the new gateway value into the memory chunk.
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(gate, rt->rt_gateway, glen);
|
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-30 21:35:34 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_maskedcopy(struct sockaddr *src, struct sockaddr *dst, struct sockaddr *netmask)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
u_char *cp1 = (u_char *)src;
|
|
|
|
|
u_char *cp2 = (u_char *)dst;
|
|
|
|
|
u_char *cp3 = (u_char *)netmask;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
u_char *cplim = cp2 + *cp3;
|
|
|
|
|
u_char *cplim2 = cp2 + *cp1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*cp2++ = *cp1++; *cp2++ = *cp1++; /* copies sa_len & sa_family */
|
|
|
|
|
cp3 += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
if (cplim > cplim2)
|
|
|
|
|
cplim = cplim2;
|
|
|
|
|
while (cp2 < cplim)
|
|
|
|
|
*cp2++ = *cp1++ & *cp3++;
|
|
|
|
|
if (cp2 < cplim2)
|
|
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)cp2, (unsigned)(cplim2 - cp2));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Set up a routing table entry, normally
|
|
|
|
|
* for an interface.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#define _SOCKADDR_TMPSIZE 128 /* Not too big.. kernel stack size is limited */
|
|
|
|
|
static inline int
|
|
|
|
|
rtinit1(struct ifaddr *ifa, int cmd, int flags, int fibnum)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-04-12 20:24:30 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dst;
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *netmask;
|
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = NULL;
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rt_addrinfo info;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int startfib, endfib;
|
|
|
|
|
char tempbuf[_SOCKADDR_TMPSIZE];
|
|
|
|
|
int didwork = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int a_failure = 0;
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct sockaddr_dl null_sdl = {sizeof(null_sdl), AF_LINK};
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rib_head *rnh;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (flags & RTF_HOST) {
|
|
|
|
|
dst = ifa->ifa_dstaddr;
|
|
|
|
|
netmask = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dst = ifa->ifa_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
netmask = ifa->ifa_netmask;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-02-03 11:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dst->sa_len == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return(EINVAL);
|
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (dst->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
|
/* We support multiple FIBs. */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
fibnum = RT_DEFAULT_FIB;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-08 23:09:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS) {
|
2014-09-21 03:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (V_rt_add_addr_allfibs == 0 && cmd == (int)RTM_ADD)
|
2014-04-24 17:23:16 +00:00
|
|
|
startfib = endfib = ifa->ifa_ifp->if_fib;
|
2014-09-21 03:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
else {
|
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startfib = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
endfib = rt_numfibs - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rtinit1: bad fibnum"));
|
|
|
|
|
startfib = fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
endfib = fibnum;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-05-04 18:33:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* If it's a delete, check that if it exists,
|
|
|
|
|
* it's on the correct interface or we might scrub
|
|
|
|
|
* a route to another ifa which would
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
* be confusing at best and possibly worse.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
* It's a delete, so it should already exist..
|
|
|
|
|
* If it's a net, mask off the host bits
|
|
|
|
|
* (Assuming we have a mask)
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* XXX this is kinda inet specific..
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (netmask != NULL) {
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_maskedcopy(dst, (struct sockaddr *)tempbuf, netmask);
|
|
|
|
|
dst = (struct sockaddr *)tempbuf;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Now go through all the requested tables (fibs) and do the
|
|
|
|
|
* requested action. Realistically, this will either be fib 0
|
|
|
|
|
* for protocols that don't do multiple tables or all the
|
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
|
|
|
* tables for those that do.
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
for ( fibnum = startfib; fibnum <= endfib; fibnum++) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct radix_node *rn;
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Look up an rtentry that is in the routing tree and
|
|
|
|
|
* contains the correct info.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rnh == NULL)
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* this table doesn't exist but others might */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_RLOCK(rnh);
|
|
|
|
|
rn = rnh->rnh_lookup(dst, netmask, &rnh->head);
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt_mpath_capable(rnh)) {
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rn == NULL)
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ESRCH;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
rt = RNTORT(rn);
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* for interface route the
|
|
|
|
|
* rt->rt_gateway is sockaddr_intf
|
|
|
|
|
* for cloning ARP entries, so
|
|
|
|
|
* rt_mpath_matchgate must use the
|
|
|
|
|
* interface address
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
rt = rt_mpath_matchgate(rt,
|
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_addr);
|
2014-01-06 22:36:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL)
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ESRCH;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (rn == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
|
(rn->rn_flags & RNF_ROOT) ||
|
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
|
|
|
RNTORT(rn)->rt_ifa != ifa);
|
MFP r287070,r287073: split radix implementation and route table structure.
There are number of radix consumers in kernel land (pf,ipfw,nfs,route)
with different requirements. In fact, first 3 don't have _any_ requirements
and first 2 does not use radix locking. On the other hand, routing
structure do have these requirements (rnh_gen, multipath, custom
to-be-added control plane functions, different locking).
Additionally, radix should not known anything about its consumers internals.
So, radix code now uses tiny 'struct radix_head' structure along with
internal 'struct radix_mask_head' instead of 'struct radix_node_head'.
Existing consumers still uses the same 'struct radix_node_head' with
slight modifications: they need to pass pointer to (embedded)
'struct radix_head' to all radix callbacks.
Routing code now uses new 'struct rib_head' with different locking macro:
RADIX_NODE_HEAD prefix was renamed to RIB_ (which stands for routing
information base).
New net/route_var.h header was added to hold routing subsystem internal
data. 'struct rib_head' was placed there. 'struct rtentry' will also
be moved there soon.
2016-01-25 06:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
RIB_RUNLOCK(rnh);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* this is only an error if bad on ALL tables */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* Do the actual request
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_ifa = ifa;
|
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
|
|
|
info.rti_flags = flags |
|
|
|
|
|
(ifa->ifa_flags & ~IFA_RTSELF) | RTF_PINNED;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* doing this for compatibility reasons
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_ADD)
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)&null_sdl;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = ifa->ifa_addr;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
|
|
|
|
|
error = rtrequest1_fib(cmd, &info, &rt, fibnum);
|
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error == 0 && rt != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* notify any listening routing agents of the change
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* in case address alias finds the first address
|
2012-01-24 15:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
* e.g. ifconfig bge0 192.0.2.246/24
|
|
|
|
|
* e.g. ifconfig bge0 192.0.2.247/24
|
|
|
|
|
* the address set in the route is 192.0.2.246
|
|
|
|
|
* so we need to replace it with 192.0.2.247
|
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (memcmp(rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr,
|
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_addr, ifa->ifa_addr->sa_len)) {
|
2009-06-21 19:30:33 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
|
|
|
|
|
ifa_ref(ifa);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* doing this for compatibility reasons
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_ADD) {
|
|
|
|
|
((struct sockaddr_dl *)rt->rt_gateway)->sdl_type =
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp->if_type;
|
|
|
|
|
((struct sockaddr_dl *)rt->rt_gateway)->sdl_index =
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp->if_index;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-17 12:57:10 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_ADDREF(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
2011-09-28 13:48:36 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_newaddrmsg_fib(cmd, ifa, error, rt, fibnum);
|
2009-11-17 12:57:10 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
RT_REMREF(rt);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* If we are deleting, and we found an entry,
|
|
|
|
|
* then it's been removed from the tree..
|
|
|
|
|
* now throw it away.
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_ADD) {
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* We just wanted to add it..
|
|
|
|
|
* we don't actually need a reference.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
RT_REMREF(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
didwork = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
a_failure = error;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (didwork) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
/* we only give an error if it wasn't in any table */
|
|
|
|
|
error = ((flags & RTF_HOST) ?
|
|
|
|
|
EHOSTUNREACH : ENETUNREACH);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (a_failure) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* return an error if any of them failed */
|
|
|
|
|
error = a_failure;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1995-01-23 17:53:21 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-29 03:22:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Set up a routing table entry, normally
|
|
|
|
|
* for an interface.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rtinit(struct ifaddr *ifa, int cmd, int flags)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dst;
|
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
|
|
|
int fib = RT_DEFAULT_FIB;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & RTF_HOST) {
|
|
|
|
|
dst = ifa->ifa_dstaddr;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dst = ifa->ifa_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (dst->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
|
/* We do support multiple FIBs. */
|
2014-01-08 23:09:02 +00:00
|
|
|
fib = RT_ALL_FIBS;
|
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
return (rtinit1(ifa, cmd, flags, fib));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Announce interface address arrival/withdraw
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns 0 on success.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_addrmsg(int cmd, struct ifaddr *ifa, int fibnum)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(cmd == RTM_ADD || cmd == RTM_DELETE,
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
("unexpected cmd %d", cmd));
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS || (fibnum >= 0 && fibnum < rt_numfibs),
|
|
|
|
|
("%s: fib out of range 0 <=%d<%d", __func__, fibnum, rt_numfibs));
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-07 21:28:21 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(INET) || defined(INET6)
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef SCTP
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* notify the SCTP stack
|
|
|
|
|
* this will only get called when an address is added/deleted
|
|
|
|
|
* XXX pass the ifaddr struct instead if ifa->ifa_addr...
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
sctp_addr_change(ifa, cmd);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* SCTP */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return (rtsock_addrmsg(cmd, ifa, fibnum));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* Announce route addition/removal.
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
* Users of this function MUST validate input data BEFORE calling.
|
|
|
|
|
* However we have to be able to handle invalid data:
|
|
|
|
|
* if some userland app sends us "invalid" route message (invalid mask,
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* no dst, wrong address families, etc...) we need to pass it back
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
* to app (and any other rtsock consumers) with rtm_errno field set to
|
|
|
|
|
* non-zero value.
|
|
|
|
|
* Returns 0 on success.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
rt_routemsg(int cmd, struct ifnet *ifp, int error, struct rtentry *rt,
|
|
|
|
|
int fibnum)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(cmd == RTM_ADD || cmd == RTM_DELETE,
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
("unexpected cmd %d", cmd));
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS || (fibnum >= 0 && fibnum < rt_numfibs),
|
|
|
|
|
("%s: fib out of range 0 <=%d<%d", __func__, fibnum, rt_numfibs));
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(rt_key(rt) != NULL, (":%s: rt_key must be supplied", __func__));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (rtsock_routemsg(cmd, ifp, error, rt, fibnum));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_newaddrmsg(int cmd, struct ifaddr *ifa, int error, struct rtentry *rt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt_newaddrmsg_fib(cmd, ifa, error, rt, RT_ALL_FIBS);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* This is called to generate messages from the routing socket
|
|
|
|
|
* indicating a network interface has had addresses associated with it.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
rt_newaddrmsg_fib(int cmd, struct ifaddr *ifa, int error, struct rtentry *rt,
|
|
|
|
|
int fibnum)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(cmd == RTM_ADD || cmd == RTM_DELETE,
|
|
|
|
|
("unexpected cmd %u", cmd));
|
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which
has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use
newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg().
This eliminates the following rtsock messages:
Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition).
Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal).
Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24):
before commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014
RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
after commit, addition:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255
before commit, wihdrawal:
got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED>
locks: inits:
sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK>
10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
adter commit, withdrawal:
got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014
RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags:
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD>
255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255
Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong
(and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE).
I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*).
bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing
changes here, too.
I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior
change.
While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488
(pointed by glebius and bde).
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS || (fibnum >= 0 && fibnum < rt_numfibs),
|
|
|
|
|
("%s: fib out of range 0 <=%d<%d", __func__, fibnum, rt_numfibs));
|
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == RTM_ADD) {
|
|
|
|
|
rt_addrmsg(cmd, ifa, fibnum);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
rt_routemsg(cmd, ifa->ifa_ifp, error, rt, fibnum);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
rt_routemsg(cmd, ifa->ifa_ifp, error, rt, fibnum);
|
|
|
|
|
rt_addrmsg(cmd, ifa, fibnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
